See in Reader
Merge pull request 'Update Luke 1-3 to current standards' (#2933) from lrsallee-tc-create-1 into master
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2933
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
commit
d3541d5f45
296
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
296
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
|
|
@ -3,19 +3,19 @@ LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke<br><br>## Part 1:
|
|||
LUK 1 intro f1b5 0 # Luke 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4)<br>2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5–25)<br>3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26–38)<br>4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39–56)<br>5. John the Baptist is born (1:57–80)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46–55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68–79.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “He will be called John”<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
|
||||
LUK 1 1 qhd9 figs-activepassive περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων 1 concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 1 hyp6 figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 among us Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 hud2 figs-metonymy οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι 1 who … were eyewitnesses The term **eyewitness** describes someone who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such a person by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 hud2 figs-metonymy οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι 1 who … were eyewitnesses The term **eyewitnesses** describes people who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such people by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 z9dq figs-metonymy ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου 1 servants of the word Here, **word** describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 l000 figs-metaphor ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου 1 servants of the word The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them as **servants of the word**, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 fud1 writing-background παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς 1 having carefully investigated everything from the beginning Luke provides this background information to explain that he was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct. Alternate translation: “because I have conducted careful research and interviews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 l001 figs-youformal σοι…κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 you … most excellent Theophilus If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal **you**, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal **you** in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 nr63 κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 most excellent Theophilus Luke is dedicating this work to Theophilus, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in [1:1](../01/01.md) at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
|
||||
LUK 1 3 nr63 κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 most excellent Theophilus Luke is dedicating this work to **Theophilus**, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in [1:1](../01/01.md) at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
|
||||
LUK 1 3 vhj8 κράτιστε 1 most excellent Luke uses the term **most excellent** to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
|
||||
LUK 1 3 h7q1 translate-names Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus This name means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 h7q1 translate-names Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus The name **Theophilus** means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 4 l002 figs-activepassive ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων 1 the things that you have been taught If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 4 l003 figs-explicit ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων 1 the things that you have been taught Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been **taught** about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 gb16 writing-newevent ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In the days of Herod, king of Judea This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l004 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In the days of Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l005 translate-names Ἡρῴδου 1 Herod This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l005 translate-names Ἡρῴδου 1 Herod **Herod** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l006 translate-names Ἰουδαίας 1 Judea **Judea** is the name of a kingdom. (It was not an independent kingdom at this time. Herod ruled it as a vassal of the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 a4q9 writing-participants ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις 1 there was a certain priest This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l007 translate-names Ζαχαρίας 1 Zechariah **Zechariah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -37,14 +37,14 @@ LUK 1 8 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν 1 i
|
|||
LUK 1 8 wed9 writing-background ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in the order of his division This is background information that explains why Zechariah was serving as a priest at this time. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 1 9 vq5g writing-background κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε 1 according to the custom of the priesthood, he came up by lot Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 1 9 pa9c translate-unknown ἔλαχε 1 came up by lot A **lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 1 9 l013 grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 9 l013 grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense The ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 9 ph9z translate-unknown τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι 1 to burn incense The word **incense** describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 1 10 bjl6 figs-hyperbole πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος…τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the whole crowd of the people This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 1 10 ntl8 figs-explicit ἔξω 1 outside This word refers implicitly to the enclosed area or courtyard that surrounded the temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard outside the temple building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 10 uwu7 figs-metaphor τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος 1 at the hour of the incense offering The word **hour** means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 11 b8b7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Then This word indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
LUK 1 11 b8b7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Then The word **Then** indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
LUK 1 11 c8ss figs-idiom ὤφθη…αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him When Luke says that the angel **appeared**, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 r3aa figs-parallelism ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας…φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Zechariah was troubled … fear fell on him These two phrases mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 r3aa figs-parallelism ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας ἰδών, καὶ φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Zechariah was troubled … fear fell on him The two phrases **Zechariah was troubled** and **fear fell on him** mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “When he saw him, Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 d1zm figs-explicit ἰδών 1 when he saw him The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 l014 figs-metaphor φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 fear fell upon him Luke is using the expression **fell upon** to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 sfb1 figs-personification φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 fear fell upon him Luke describes Zechariah’s **fear** as if it were something that could actively attack and overpower him. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ LUK 1 13 l017 figs-idiom καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωά
|
|||
LUK 1 13 l018 translate-names Ἰωάννην 1 John **John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 14 n654 figs-doublet ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις 1 there will be joy and gladness to you The words **joy** and **gladness** mean the same thing. The angel uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 1 14 q1p8 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ 1 at his birth The word **at** introduces the reason why many people will rejoice. Alternate translation: “because he has been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 td57 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔσται γὰρ μέγας 1 For he will be great The word **for** introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 sz79 figs-metaphor ἔσται γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 For he will be great before the Lord This expression means “in front of the Lord,” that is, “where the Lord can see him.” Sight, in turn, represents attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “God will consider him to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 td57 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔσται γὰρ μέγας 1 For he will be great The word **For** introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 sz79 figs-metaphor ἔσται γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 For he will be great before the Lord The expression **before the Lord** means “in front of the Lord,” that is, “where the Lord can see him.” Sight, in turn, represents attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “God will consider him to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 abc2 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ πίῃ 1 he must never drink The phrase **must never** translates two negative words in Greek. The angel uses them together to emphasize how important it is that the child not drink wine or strong drink. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 hgb9 figs-activepassive Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται 1 he will be filled with the Holy Spirit If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will fill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 l019 figs-metaphor Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται 1 he will be filled with the Holy Spirit The angel speaks as if John would be a container that the Holy Spirit would fill. He means that the Holy Spirit will empower and influence John. Be sure that in your translation, this does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to in taking control of a person. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will empower him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 l019 figs-metaphor Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται 1 he will be filled with the Holy Spirit The angel speaks as if John would be a container that the **Holy Spirit** would fill. He means that the Holy Spirit will empower and influence John. Be sure that in your translation, this does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to in taking control of a person. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will empower him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 ie95 ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 even from his mother’s womb Alternate translation: “while he is still in his mother’s womb”
|
||||
LUK 1 16 x36x figs-metaphor πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ Κύριον 1 he will turn many of the sons of Israel back to the Lord To **turn** a person **back** means to lead them to repent and obey the Lord once again. Alternate translation: “he will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 16 l020 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ 1 many of the sons of Israel Here, the word **sons** means “descendants.” This expression envisions all of the Israelites as if they were their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ LUK 1 17 l025 figs-explicit ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαί
|
|||
LUK 1 17 j49j figs-nominaladj ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων 1 the disobedient … of the righteous Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 ujs1 figs-explicit λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον 1 a people prepared You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 18 asn2 figs-explicit κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο 1 How will I know this Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 18 l026 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For This word introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 18 l026 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For The word **For** introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 18 l027 figs-idiom προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῆς 1 my wife is advanced in her days Zechariah is using two idioms. As in [1:7](../01/07.md), to be **advanced** means to have aged, and **days** refers a particular period of time, in this case the lifetime of Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “my wife has also grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 19 l028 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν 1 answering the angel said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the angel responded to the question that Zechariah asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 1 19 p3jn figs-declarative ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I am Gabriel, the one standing before God Gabriel says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 1 19 p3jn figs-declarative ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I am Gabriel, the one standing before God **Gabriel** says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 1 19 l029 translate-names Γαβριὴλ 1 Gabriel **Gabriel** is the name of an angel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 19 yp6z figs-metaphor ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the one standing before God To stand **before** or “in front of” a master, that is, in the presence of that master, means to be available to serve them at all times in any capacity. Alternate translation: “I serve God personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 19 pd7h figs-activepassive ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ 1 I was sent to speak to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ LUK 1 20 g5t1 figs-doublet σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλ
|
|||
LUK 1 20 q6y3 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου 1 you did not believe my words Gabriel uses the term **words** to describe the content of his message by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “you did not believe what I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 20 l031 figs-activepassive οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται 1 which will be fulfilled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 20 hgu3 figs-idiom εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν 1 in their time This is an idiom that means “the time that pertains to them.” Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at the time that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 21 e14e grammar-connect-time-simultaneous καὶ 1 And This word marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
LUK 1 21 e14e grammar-connect-time-simultaneous καὶ 1 And The word **And** marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
LUK 1 22 h6vt grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός 1 they concluded that he had seen a vision in the temple; and he was making signs to them, and remained unable to speak If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He kept on making signs to them but said nothing. So they concluded that he must have seen a vision while he was in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 22 r2ak figs-explicit ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ 1 they perceived that he had seen a vision Gabriel was actually present with Zechariah in the temple. He explains in [1:19](../01/19.md) that God sent him there. The people, not knowing this, assumed that Zechariah had seen a vision. While the Greek says that they “perceived” this, it means that they thought they recognized what had happened. Alternate translation: “they thought that he had seen a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 23 duy9 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -100,19 +100,19 @@ LUK 1 24 l034 grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And This word indicates th
|
|||
LUK 1 24 cda2 figs-idiom μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας 1 after these days Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time, specifically, the time when Zechariah was serving in the temple. Alternate translation: “after Zechariah had finished serving at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 24 kpw1 figs-explicit περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε 1 she hid herself for five months This expression means that Elizabeth did not leave her house during that time. She seems to state the reason for this in the next verse. She had felt disgraced because she was not able to have children. But if she stayed in her house for **five months**, the next time people saw her, her pregnancy would show, and it would be clear that she was able to have children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She did not leave her house for five months so that by the next time people saw her, it would be clear that she was going to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 25 w8yq figs-exclamations οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος 1 Thus the Lord has done for me This is a positive exclamation. Elizabeth is very happy with what the Lord has done for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this by making it a separate sentence and indicating with the conventions of your language that it is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 1 25 z1xr figs-explicit οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος 1 Thus the Lord has done for me It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the Lord has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 25 z1xr figs-explicit οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος 1 Thus the Lord has done for me It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the **Lord** has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 25 pn2a figs-idiom ἐπεῖδεν 1 he looked upon me Here, the expression **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 25 lx3p figs-explicit ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 to take away my disgrace among people By **disgrace**, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 v9w2 figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 in the sixth month Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the sixth month of the year, but the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 v9w2 figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 in the sixth month Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the **sixth month** of the year, but the **sixth month** of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 l035 translate-ordinal τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 the sixth month If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 rl4c figs-activepassive ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the angel Gabriel was sent from God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 l036 translate-names Γαλιλαίας 1 Galilee **Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 l037 translate-names Ναζαρὲτ 1 Nazareth **Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 l038 writing-participants ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ 1 a man whose name was Joseph This introduces Joseph as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 l038 writing-participants ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ 1 a man whose name was Joseph This introduces **Joseph** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 l039 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ 1 Joseph **Joseph** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 tzh2 figs-metaphor ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ 1 of the house of David In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 l040 writing-background ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ 1 of the house of David This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as [1:32](../01/32.md) indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 w9tm writing-participants τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ 1 the name of the virgin was Mary This introduces Mary as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 w9tm writing-participants τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ 1 the name of the virgin was Mary This introduces **Mary** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 l041 translate-names Μαριάμ 1 Mary **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 28 i7h4 figs-idiom χαῖρε 1 Rejoice This word was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 28 bp2n κεχαριτωμένη 1 favored one Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness”
|
||||
|
|
@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ LUK 1 31 l044 figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 And behold As in [1:20](../01/2
|
|||
LUK 1 31 fi5q figs-explicitinfo συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν 1 you will conceive in your womb and bear a son The phrase **conceive in your womb** might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 1 31 l045 figs-declarative καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν 1 you will call his name Jesus As in [1:13](../01/13.md), Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 1 31 l046 figs-idiom καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν 1 call his name Jesus As in [1:13](../01/13.md), **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 31 l047 translate-names Ἰησοῦν 1 Jesus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 31 l047 translate-names Ἰησοῦν 1 Jesus **Jesus** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 l048 figs-idiom Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High To **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as [1:76](../01/76.md), [2:23](../02/23.md), and [15:19](../15/19.md).) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 hl55 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of the Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 hl55 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of {the} Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 ip26 figs-activepassive Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται 1 He … will be called the Son of the Most High If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 z74z figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in [8:38](../08/38.md) shows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 z74z figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “{the} Most High God” in [8:38](../08/38.md) shows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 lwd9 figs-metonymy δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will give to him the throne of his father David The **throne** represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 l049 figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will give to him the throne of his father David Here, the term **father** means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l050 figs-parallelism βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 he will reign … to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingdom These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -144,38 +144,38 @@ LUK 1 34 fqt7 figs-euphemism ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω 1 I have not known
|
|||
LUK 1 35 l055 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν 1 answering the angel said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the angel responded to the question that Mary asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 l056 figs-parallelism Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι 1 The Holy Spirit will come upon you, and the power of the Most High will overshadow you These two phrases mean similar things. Once again Gabriel is speaking in a form much like Hebrew poetry. It would be good here as well to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a term other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating and clarifying the meaning of the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will come to you, yes, the power of God will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 x53s figs-metaphor δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι 1 the power of the Most High will overshadow you It was the **power** of God that would supernaturally cause Mary to become pregnant even while she still remained a virgin. It is not clear exactly how this happened, since Gabriel speaks as if God’s power had a shadow in order to describe it. But make sure that your translation does not imply that there was any physical or sexual union involved. This was a miracle. It might work well to retain Gabriel’s language and change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “the power of the Most High will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 l057 figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 l057 figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High See how you translated the expression **{the} Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 l058 figs-idiom διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 k866 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of God** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says **therefore**, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 k866 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of God** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says **Therefore**, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 vrz6 figs-activepassive τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these two passive forms by stating the meaning of each with an active form. Alternate translation: “people will call this holy baby whom you will bear the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 l059 figs-parallelism τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Depending on how the Greek is understood, this could be another parallel statement. Alternate translation: “The one who will be born will be holy. Yes, he will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 36 lx9k figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 36 lx9k figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 36 f88l καὶ αὐτὴ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς 1 she also has conceived a son in her old age Make sure that your translation does not make it does not sound as if both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived. Alternate translation: “she has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old”
|
||||
LUK 1 36 hck2 figs-idiom οὗτος μὴν ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ 1 this is the sixth month for her This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she is now in the sixth month of her pregnancy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 36 l060 figs-idiom τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ 1 who was called barren This is a further use of the idiom also found in [1:32](../01/32.md) and [1:35](../01/35.md) in which “to be called” means “to be.” Alternate translation: “who was not able to have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 37 v42f grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “This shows that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 37 v42f grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The word **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “This shows that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 37 g7yt figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 every word will not be impossible for God If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 1 37 l061 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 every word will not be impossible for God Here, the term **word** could mean: (1) since Mary uses the same term in the next verse to describe the message that Gabriel has brought from God, Gabriel may be using it to mean that message as well. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (2) Gabriel may be using the term in a general sense to mean “thing.” Alternate translation: “everything is possible with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 38 tef1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Here, **behold** means more literally “look,” that is, “Look at me,” by which Mary means, “This is who I am.” Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 38 tef1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Here, **Behold** means more literally “Look,” that is, “Look at me,” by which Mary means, “This is who I am.” Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 38 kw3g figs-metaphor ἡ δούλη Κυρίου 1 the female servant of the Lord By describing herself as a **servant**, Mary is responding humbly and willingly. She is not boasting about being in the Lord’s service. Choose an expression in your language that will show her humility and obedience to the Lord. Alternate translation: “someone who will gladly serve the Lord in any way he wishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 38 b9ax γένοιτό μοι 1 May it happen to me Once again Mary is expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel has told her about. Alternate translation: “I am willing for these things to happen to me”
|
||||
LUK 1 38 l062 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου 1 according to your word Here, the term **word** describes the message that Gabriel has brought. Alternate translation: “just as you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 ka5b writing-newevent δὲ…ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Then … in those days This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 ka5b writing-newevent ἀναστᾶσα δὲ Μαριὰμ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Then … in those days This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time, Mary arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 l063 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in those days Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 wj5i figs-idiom ἀναστᾶσα 1 arose This is an idiom that means not just that Mary stood up, but that she took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “started out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 sii5 figs-explicit τὴν ὀρινὴν 1 the hill country This was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 sii5 figs-explicit τὴν ὀρινὴν 1 the hill country The **hill country** was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 40 ee51 figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν εἰς 1 entered into The implication is that Mary finished her journey before she went into Zechariah’s house. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Once she arrived, she went inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 41 bx82 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. One method that is natural in some languages is to introduce this event without such a phrase. UST often models this approach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 41 v99g writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς 1 in her womb The pronoun **her** refers to Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “in Elizabeth’s womb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 1 41 ya5v figs-metaphor ἐσκίρτησεν 1 leaped Luke says that Elizabeth’s baby **leaped**, but this was not literally possible. The expression refers to the baby making a sudden movement in response to the sound of Mary’s voice. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 41 l064 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ 1 Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 41 l065 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ 1 Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit Luke speaks as if Elizabeth was a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 41 l065 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ 1 Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit Luke speaks as if **Elizabeth** was a container that the **Holy Spirit** **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 42 r4ka figs-hendiadys ἀνεφώνησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν 1 she exclaimed in a loud voice and said The expression **exclaimed … and said** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **exclaimed** indicates that what was **said** was an exclamation. Alternate translation: “she said loudly and excitedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 1 42 f69c figs-idiom φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 in a loud voice This is an idiom that means Elizabeth raised the volume of her voice. Alternate translation: “loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 42 f69c figs-idiom φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 in a loud voice This is an idiom that means Elizabeth raised the volume of her **voice**. Alternate translation: “loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 42 t5e8 figs-idiom ἐν γυναιξίν 1 among women The expression **among women** is an idiom that means “more than any other woman.” You could express that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 42 bnl2 figs-metaphor ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου 1 the fruit of your womb Elizabeth speaks of Mary’s baby as if he were the fruit that a plant or tree produces. Alternate translation: “the baby you are carrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 42 bnl2 figs-metaphor ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου 1 the fruit of your womb Elizabeth speaks of Mary’s baby as if he were the **fruit** that a plant or tree produces. Alternate translation: “the baby you are carrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 43 k63f figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου πρὸς ἐμέ? 1 And whence is this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come to me? Elizabeth is not asking for information. She is using a question form to show how surprised and happy she is that Mary has come to visit her. Alternate translation: “How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to visit me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 1 43 l066 figs-idiom πόθεν μοι τοῦτο 1 whence is this to me The expression **whence is this to me** means “where did this come from to me.” It is an idiom for describing something as wonderful and unexpected. Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “how wonderful it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 43 l066 figs-idiom πόθεν μοι τοῦτο 1 whence is this to me The expression **whence {is} this to me** means “where did this come from to me.” It is an idiom for describing something as wonderful and unexpected. Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “how wonderful it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 43 tiu4 figs-123person ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 the mother of my Lord Elizabeth is referring to Mary in the third person. You could make this clear by adding the word “you” in your translation, as UST does. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
LUK 1 44 uq3j figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth’s surprising statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 44 h54t figs-metaphor ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου 1 as soon as the sound of your greeting was in my ears Elizabeth is using the term **ears** to mean hearing, and hearing means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ LUK 1 46 vxj4 figs-synecdoche μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul m
|
|||
LUK 1 47 jp51 figs-synecdoche ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 and my spirit has rejoiced The word **spirit** also refers to the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 1 47 l067 figs-parallelism ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 and my spirit has rejoiced This statement is parallel to the one in the previous verse. Mary is speaking in poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it might be good to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 47 hgz7 figs-idiom ἠγαλλίασεν 1 has rejoiced Mary is speaking as if something she is presently doing happened in the past. Alternate translation: “is celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 48 zhr5 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For This word introduces the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And this is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 48 zhr5 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The word **For** introduces the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And this is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 48 k3fv figs-idiom ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ 1 looked upon As in [1:25](../01/25.md), **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for.” Alternate translation: “he has kindly chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 48 tg6y figs-metonymy τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς δούλης αὐτοῦ 1 the low condition of his female servant Mary is speaking of her **low condition** to mean herself. Alternate translation: “me to serve him, even though I am not very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 48 gsy2 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Just think!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -195,26 +195,26 @@ LUK 1 48 l37l figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί 1 all generations Mar
|
|||
LUK 1 49 xng2 figs-metonymy ὁ δυνατός 1 the Mighty One Here, Mary is describing God by one of his attributes. She means that “God, who is powerful,” has done great things for her. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
|
||||
LUK 1 49 ze9y figs-metonymy ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 his name is holy Mary is using the term **name** to mean God’s reputation, and the reputation represents God himself. Alternate translation: “he deserves to be treated with complete respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 50 ijs2 figs-idiom εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεὰς 1 is unto generation and generation This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “extends to every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 50 l068 figs-idiom τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν 1 those who fear him In this context, to **fear** does not mean to be afraid, but to show respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “those who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 50 l068 figs-idiom τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν 1 those who fear him In this context, **fearing** does not mean to be afraid, but to show respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “those who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 51 pb8u figs-metonymy ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ 1 He has done mighty deeds with his arm Mary is using the term **arm** to represent God’s power. Alternate translation: “He has demonstrated that he is very powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 51 s51c figs-metaphor διεσκόρπισεν 1 he has scattered The word **scattered** describes how thoroughly God has defeated all who opposed him. The word creates a picture of God’s enemies fleeing in every direction, unable to arrange an organized retreat. Alternate translation: “he has completely defeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 51 nt8x figs-metaphor ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 those who are proud in the thoughts of their hearts The term **hearts** represents the will and affections of these people. Alternate translation: “who cherish proud thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 ty2j figs-metonymy καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων 1 He has thrown down rulers from their thrones A **throne** is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If a ruler is brought down from his throne, that means he no longer has the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 l069 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and This word indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 ty2j figs-metonymy καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων 1 He has thrown down rulers from their thrones A “throne” is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If rulers are brought down from their **thrones**, that means they no longer have the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 l069 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and The word **and** indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 ee3q figs-metaphor ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς 1 he has raised up the lowly In this word picture, people who are more important are depicted as higher up than people who are less important. Alternate translation: “he has given important roles to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 yuu2 figs-nominaladj ταπεινούς 1 the lowly Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 1 53 z2he grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 but This word once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 1 53 z2he grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 but The word **but** once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 1 54 d8g6 translate-versebridge 0 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:54](../01/54.md) and [1:55](../01/55.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about Israel together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 1 54 l070 figs-personification Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel Mary is referring to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 1 54 g5u1 figs-metaphor παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his servant The term **servant** refers to the special role that God gave to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 54 hyt3 figs-idiom μνησθῆναι ἐλέους 1 to remember his mercy In this context, the phrase **to remember his mercy** refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 54 hyt3 figs-idiom μνησθῆναι ἐλέους 1 to remember his mercy In this context, the phrase **to remember {his} mercy** refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 55 qc9k figs-metaphor καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 as he spoke to our fathers Here, the word **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “just as he promised to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 55 l071 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ 1 Abraham **Abraham** is the name of a man. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 55 by4a figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ 1 to his seed The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 55 l072 figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 56 l073 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 1 56 l073 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 1 56 nt87 writing-pronouns ἔμεινεν…Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ ὡς μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς 1 Mary stayed with her about three months, and returned to her house The first instance of the word **her** in this verse refers to Elizabeth, and the second instance refers to Mary. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Mary returned to her own home. She did not stay for three months, leave for a time, and then return to Elizabeth’s home. Alternate translation: “Mary stayed with Elizabeth for about three months, and then Mary went back to her own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 1 57 hfk3 grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 1 57 hfk3 grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 1 57 l074 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος 1 the time was fulfilled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 57 dd2i τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 1 for her to deliver Your language may require you to state the object of **deliver**. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
|
||||
LUK 1 58 j2xc figs-metaphor ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς 1 had magnified his mercy to her Luke speaks as if God had made his mercy bigger towards Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -235,8 +235,8 @@ LUK 1 63 qu93 translate-unknown πινακίδιον 1 a writing tablet This was
|
|||
LUK 1 64 sdg1 figs-parallelism ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ 1 his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed These two phrases mean the same thing. Luke uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 64 l080 figs-metonymy ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ 1 his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed Each of these phrases describes the act of speaking by referring to something associated with speech coming into action, specifically, the mouth opening and the tongue moving about freely. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 64 mi2u figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ 1 his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 l081 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And This word introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 qw1j figs-personification ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος 1 fear came on all those who lived around them As in [1:12](../01/12.md), Luke here describes fear as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 l081 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And The word **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 qw1j figs-personification ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος 1 fear came on all those who lived around them As in [1:12](../01/12.md), Luke here describes **fear** as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 l082 figs-idiom ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος, τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς 1 fear came on all those who lived around them In this context, **fear** does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 l083 figs-explicit ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος 1 fear came on all those who lived around them It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 g7uh figs-hyperbole πάντας…τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς…ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ 1 all those who lived around them … throughout all the hill country Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ LUK 1 66 l6lt figs-metaphor ἔθεντο…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶ
|
|||
LUK 1 66 dgq4 figs-rquestion τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται? 1 What then will this child become? The people who said this were likely not asking a question, expecting someone to tell them what the child would become. Rather, they were making a statement about what the events of the child’s birth had led them to believe about his destiny. So you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a great man this child will become!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 1 66 xm9c figs-metaphor χεὶρ Κυρίου ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the hand of the Lord was with him In this expression, the **hand** represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 67 lvd6 figs-activepassive Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 67 l084 figs-metaphor Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit Luke speaks as if Zechariah were a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 67 l084 figs-metaphor Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit Luke speaks as if **Zechariah** were a container that the **Holy Spirit** **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 67 fs5y writing-quotations ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων 1 prophesied, saying Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 l085 figs-personification ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the God of Israel Luke is referring to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 jx5n figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the God of Israel If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the relationship between God and Israel more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -254,8 +254,8 @@ LUK 1 68 d67v figs-idiom ἐπεσκέψατο…τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ 1 he
|
|||
LUK 1 69 l086 figs-metaphor ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν 1 he has raised up a horn of salvation for us In this context, **raised up** means brought into existence or enabled to act. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a horn of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 g11u figs-metonymy ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν 1 he has raised up a horn of salvation for us An animal’s **horn** is associated with its strength, and so Zechariah is using the term as a symbol for a ruler by association with the power and authority a ruler has. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a ruler who will have the power to save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 fb9f figs-metonymy ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David David’s **house** represents his family and all of his descendants. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 l087 figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David The implication is that as a descendant of David, this ruler will be an eligible successor to him as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 l088 figs-metaphor Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David David was not actually a servant, he was a king. Here the emphasis in the word **servant** is on how David served God faithfully in that capacity. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of David, who served him faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 l087 figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David The implication is that as a descendant of **David**, this ruler will be an eligible successor to him as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 l088 figs-metaphor Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David David was not actually a **servant**, he was a king. Here the emphasis in the word **servant** is on how David served God faithfully in that capacity. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of David, who served him faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 70 x1q1 figs-metonymy ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…προφητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets God speaking by the **mouth** of the **prophets** represents God inspiring them to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: “he inspired his holy prophets to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 70 l089 figs-idiom ἀπ’ αἰῶνος 1 from an age This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 71 d13g figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν 1 salvation from our enemies If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save” or “rescue.” It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will save us from our enemies” or “He will rescue us from our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -275,25 +275,25 @@ LUK 1 75 tn5i figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 before him This is an id
|
|||
LUK 1 75 l093 figs-idiom πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν 1 all our days Here Zechariah uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 f6r1 figs-explicit καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον 1 And indeed, you, child Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you could indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 l094 figs-idiom προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you … will be called a prophet As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 h2vh figs-activepassive προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you … will be called a prophet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 bb3g figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 of the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 h2vh figs-activepassive προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you … will be called a prophet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 bb3g figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 of the Most High See how you translated the expression **{the} Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 de7t figs-idiom προπορεύσῃ…ἐνώπιον Κυρίου 1 you will go before the Lord As in [1:17](../01/17.md), to **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 l095 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 to prepare his paths Zechariah is using the imagery of **paths** to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message and believe it. Alternate translation: “to get the people ready for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 77 l096 figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 to give the knowledge of salvation to his people through the forgiveness of their sins If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **salvation** and **forgiveness** with the verbs “save” and “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them by forgiving their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 1 77 t6d3 figs-metonymy τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ 1 to give the knowledge of salvation to his people The phrase **to give … knowledge** is a figurative description of teaching. Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 78 z861 figs-metaphor ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους 1 the sunrise from heaven Zechariah speaks of the coming of the Savior as if it will be a sunrise that will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “the Savior who comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 78 l097 figs-metonymy ἐξ ὕψους 1 from heaven Zechariah uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 78 l097 figs-metonymy ἐξ ὕψους 1 from heaven Zechariah uses the term **on high** to refer to God by association, since the abode of God if considered to be far above us in heaven. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 78 l098 figs-idiom ἐπισκέψεται ἡμᾶς 1 will visit us As in [1:68](../01/68.md), **visit** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will come to help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 sh2q figs-metaphor ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς…καθημένοις 1 to shine on those who are sitting As in [1:78](../01/78.md), light represents truth. Just as Zechariah described the Savior as like a sunrise in that verse, here he is describing the spiritual truth that the Savior will bring as if it will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “to show the truth to people who are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 l099 figs-idiom τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις 1 on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death To **sit** in a place is an idiom that means to be in that place. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 l099 figs-idiom τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις 1 on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death Here **sitting** in a place is an idiom that means to be in that place. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 k46q figs-idiom τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις 1 on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death The **shadow of death** is an idiom that describes deep darkness. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 l100 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις 1 on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death Since light represents truth, **darkness** represents the absence of spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth, who do not know it at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 cnh7 figs-doublet τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις 1 on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death These two phrases work together to emphasize the deep spiritual darkness that people are in before God shows them mercy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 s3eb figs-metaphor κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 to guide our feet into the path of peace Zechariah is using the word **guide** to mean “teach,” and the expression **the path of peace** to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 s3eb figs-metaphor κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 to guide our feet into the path of peace Zechariah is using the word **guide** to mean “teach,” and the expression **a path of peace** to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 l101 figs-synecdoche κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 to guide our feet into the path of peace Zechariah is using the term **feet** to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 1 80 q2ax writing-newevent δὲ 1 And This word introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 80 q2ax writing-newevent δὲ 1 And The word **And** introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 80 a8bz ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι 1 became strong in spirit This could refer to: (1) the inner part of a person, as in [1:47](../01/47.md). Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in [1:15](../01/15.md), that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
|
||||
LUK 1 80 eh9j figs-explicit ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις 1 he was in the wilderness This expression means implicitly that John went to live there. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 80 eh9j figs-explicit ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις 1 he was in the wilderness This expression means implicitly that John went to live **in the wilderness**. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 80 qu12 ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ 1 until the day of his public appearance The term **until** does not indicate a stopping point. John continued to live out in the wilderness even after he started preaching publicly. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “through the time when he began to preach in public”
|
||||
LUK 1 80 ie4l figs-idiom ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ 1 the day of his public appearance Here, Luke uses the term **day** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time when he began to preach in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 80 l102 figs-personification πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 to Israel Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -309,11 +309,11 @@ LUK 2 1 m39d figs-metonymy τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 the world The term **
|
|||
LUK 2 2 q9zw translate-names Κυρηνίου 1 Quirinius **Quirinius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 2 2 l105 translate-names Συρίας 1 Syria **Syria** is the name of one of the provinces of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 2 3 s4im writing-background ἐπορεύοντο πάντες 1 everyone was traveling Luke describes the registration as already in progress in order to account for why Joseph and Mary had to travel at this time, late in her pregnancy. Alternate translation: “everyone was going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 2 3 h5e2 figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν 1 to his own city The phrase **his own city** refers to the city where a person’s family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 3 h5e2 figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν 1 to his own city The phrase **{his} own city** refers to the city where a person’s family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 3 d64g figs-explicit ἀπογράφεσθαι 1 to register himself Alternate translation: “to provide their names for the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 4 l106 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And This word introduces the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 2 4 l106 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And The word **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 2 4 l107 figs-idiom ἀνέβη 1 went up Luke says **went up** because Joseph had to go up into the mountains to travel from Nazareth to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 4 kz78 figs-explicit εἰς πόλιν Δαυεὶδ, ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ 1 to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem Bethlehem was known as **the city of David** because King David had come from there. Luke includes this detail because it indicates why Bethlehem was important, even though it was a small town. Not only had the line of David’s dynasty originated there, the prophet Micah had said that the future Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: “to the town known as Bethlehem, where King David had come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 4 kz78 figs-explicit εἰς πόλιν Δαυεὶδ, ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ 1 to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem Bethlehem was known as **{the} city of David** because King David had come from there. Luke includes this detail because it indicates why Bethlehem was important, even though it was a small town. Not only had the line of David’s dynasty originated there, the prophet Micah had said that the future Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: “to the town known as Bethlehem, where King David had come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 4 l108 figs-activepassive ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ 1 which is called Bethlehem If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name is Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 4 l109 figs-hendiadys εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ 1 he was of the house and family line of David Luke is expressing a single idea by using two terms, **house** and **family line**, connected with **and.** The term **family line** indicates the significance of Joseph being a descendant of David. It means that any son of his, natural or adopted, would be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of these two terms with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 2 4 s7a7 figs-metaphor εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ 1 he was of the house and family line of David As in [1:27](../01/27.md), the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -329,8 +329,8 @@ LUK 2 7 l113 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν
|
|||
LUK 2 7 qq48 figs-explicit ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν 1 wrapped him in strips of cloth In some cultures, mothers help their babies feel secure by wrapping them tightly in cloth or in a blanket. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly Alternate translation: “wrapped cloths tightly around him to make him feel secure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 7 s97r translate-unknown ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ 1 laid him in a manger A **manger** was a box or frame in which people put hay or other food for animals to eat. It was most likely clean, and it may have had something soft and dry like hay in it that would have provided a cushion for the baby. In this culture, animals were often kept near a home to keep them safe and so that their owners could feed them easily. Mary and Joseph stayed in a space that was ordinarily used for animals for those reasons. Alternate translation: “put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 2 7 yj6j figs-explicit διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 1 there was no room for them in the inn There was probably **no room** because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 7 l114 translate-unknown διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 1 because there was no room for them in the inn **The inn** could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in [22:11](../22/11.md) to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 2 8 l115 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses **and** to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 2 7 l114 translate-unknown διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 1 because there was no room for them in the inn The word **inn** could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in [22:11](../22/11.md) to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 2 8 l115 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses **And** to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 2 8 l116 writing-participants ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ 1 there were shepherds in that area This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 9 x1y4 ἄγγελος Κυρίου 1 an angel of the Lord Alternate translation: “a heavenly messenger sent from the Lord”
|
||||
LUK 2 9 u2di ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς 1 stood before them Alternate translation: “came to the shepherds”
|
||||
|
|
@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ LUK 2 11 z1us figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον 1 today
|
|||
LUK 2 11 z9m2 figs-explicit ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 in the city of David This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 11 l120 figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος 1 who is Christ the Lord **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 yj15 figs-explicit τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 this will be the sign to you The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 snr9 figs-explicit ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 the sign to you This could be: (1) a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 snr9 figs-explicit ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 the sign to you This could be: (1) a **sign** that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) a **sign** to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 xx57 figs-explicit ἐσπαργανωμένον 1 wrapped in strips of cloth See how you translated this expression in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “with cloths wrapped tightly around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 bua3 translate-unknown κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ 1 lying in a manger See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 2 13 b54a figs-metaphor πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου 1 a multitude of the heavenly army This phrase could refer to a literal **army** of angels, or it could be speaking of a large organized group of angels. Alternate translation: “a large group of angels from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 13 e2gp figs-hendiadys αἰνούντων τὸν Θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων 1 praising God and saying Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with **and.** The angels said these words in order to praise God. Alternate translation: “who praised God by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 2 14 p1fm δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ 1 Glory in the highest to God This could mean: (1) the angels are describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in the highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) the angels are describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
|
||||
LUK 2 14 p1fm δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ 1 Glory in the highest to God This could mean: (1) the angels are describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in {the} highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) the angels are describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
|
||||
LUK 2 14 y2b3 ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας 1 among men of good pleasure This could refer to: (1) God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
|
||||
LUK 2 14 l121 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 men Here, the term **men** has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 2 15 au2m writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ LUK 2 16 rdi2 translate-unknown κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ 1 lying
|
|||
LUK 2 17 n2qz figs-activepassive τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς 1 the message that had been told to them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 18 vh9d figs-activepassive τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς αὐτούς 1 the things that were spoken to them by the shepherds If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the shepherds told them” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 19 reb7 figs-metaphor συμβάλλουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς 1 pondering them in her heart In this expression, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “reflecting on what they meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 20 nqv7 figs-explicit ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες 1 the shepherds returned This means that they returned to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 20 nqv7 figs-explicit ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες 1 the shepherds returned This means that they **returned** to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 20 c9x5 figs-doublet δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν 1 glorifying and praising God The terms **glorifying** and **praising** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “excitedly praising God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 2 20 l123 figs-activepassive καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς 1 just as it had been spoken to them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “just as the angel had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 21 b2k2 figs-explicit ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν 1 when eight days had been fulfilled to circumcise him The law that God gave to Jewish believers told them to circumcise a baby boy on the eighth day of his life. As in [1:59](../01/59.md), the day on which the baby was born was considered to be the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old, and according to the Jewish law it was time to circumcise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ LUK 2 22 l128 figs-idiom ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλ
|
|||
LUK 2 22 lr25 figs-explicit παραστῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to present him to the Lord Luke will explain more in the next two verses about why Mary and Joseph did this, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the purpose more explicit here. Alternate translation: “so that they could bring him into the temple and perform the required ceremony acknowledging God’s claim on firstborn children who were male” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 23 vlb3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου 1 just as it is written in the law of the Lord If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 23 l129 figs-activepassive πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται 1 Every male who opens the womb will be called holy to the Lord If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “You are to set apart for the Lord every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 23 lnn1 figs-idiom πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν 1 Every male who opens the womb To **open the womb** is an idiom that refers to being the first baby to come out of the womb. This commandment applied to both people and animals, but here a baby boy is specifically in view. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn offspring who is a male” or “Every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 23 lnn1 figs-idiom πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν 1 Every male who opens the womb The phrase **opens the womb** is an idiom that refers to being the first baby to come out of the womb. This commandment applied to both people and animals, but here a baby boy is specifically in view. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn offspring who is a male” or “Every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 23 l130 figs-idiom ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται 1 will be called holy to the Lord As in [1:32](../01/32.md), **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “will be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 23 l131 figs-declarative ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται 1 will be called holy to the Lord Here, the law of Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “is to be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 2 24 ni3s figs-activepassive τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου 1 what is said in the law of the Lord If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -388,22 +388,22 @@ LUK 2 25 n263 figs-doublet ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος κα
|
|||
LUK 2 25 l134 figs-idiom προσδεχόμενος 1 waiting for This is an idiomatic usage of the term **waiting**. It does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. Alternate translation: “eagerly anticipating” or “looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 l135 figs-metonymy παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the consolation of Israel This phrase refers by association to the one who would bring **consolation**, meaning “comfort,” to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the one who would come and comfort the people of Israel” or “the one who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 l136 figs-explicit παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the consolation of Israel Luke assumes that readers will know that this is a reference to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 m5au figs-personification τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 of Israel Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 m5au figs-personification τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 of Israel Luke is referring to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 xxw9 figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα ἦν Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The Holy Spirit was upon him The word **upon** creates a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God was with Simeon in a special way. The Spirit gave him knowledge and direction for his life, as the next two verses show. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit guided him in special ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 26 l137 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 2 26 l137 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 2 26 psf8 figs-activepassive ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 it had been revealed to him by the Holy Spirit If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had shown him” or “the Holy Spirit had told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 26 l138 figs-idiom μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν 1 he would not see death before To **see death** is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “that he would not die before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 26 e6vu figs-litotes μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν 1 he would not see death before Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 k53l figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he came in the Spirit This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 uqr6 figs-go ἦλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 he came … into the temple Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 y8la figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 into the temple Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 wt3r writing-participants τοὺς γονεῖς 1 the parents This means the parents of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 wt3r writing-participants τοὺς γονεῖς 1 the parents This means the **parents** of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 h444 figs-explicit τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 for them to do according to the custom of the law concerning him The phrase **to do according to the custom of the law** refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in [2:22–25](../02/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 28 l139 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 and Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 2 28 l139 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 and Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 2 28 y5g6 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας 1 he took him into his arms If it would be helpful in your language, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 l140 figs-declarative νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου…ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 You are now dismissing your servant in peace Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 m6eg figs-123person ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 you are … dismissing your servant Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 g3wn figs-euphemism ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 you are … dismissing your servant Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 m6eg figs-123person νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 you are … dismissing your servant Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 g3wn figs-euphemism νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 you are … dismissing your servant Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 l141 figs-youformal σου…σου 1 your … your Here, the word **your** is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **your** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in [2:30](../02/30.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md), and the corresponding formal form for “you” in [2:31](../02/31.md). However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 e8fk figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου 1 according to your word Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the **word** or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 30 b7i6 figs-synecdoche εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου 1 my eyes have seen Simeon uses one part of himself, his **eyes**, to represent all of himself in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -412,11 +412,11 @@ LUK 2 31 zv1j writing-pronouns ὃ ἡτοίμασας 1 which you have prepared
|
|||
LUK 2 31 l142 figs-metaphor κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν 1 before the face of all the peoples The term **face** represents the presence of a person. Simeon is saying that God has sent the Savior or brought about salvation right where everyone is present. Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 31 l143 figs-explicit κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν 1 before the face of all the peoples The implication of God sending the Savior or bringing about salvation into the presence of everyone is that this has been done for their benefit. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of all peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 32 n4k3 figs-metaphor φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ 1 A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel This expression means that the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Simeon compares Jesus’ role to that of a physical **light** that enables people to see solid objects. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand, just as light allows people to see things clearly and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 32 s5lu figs-explicit φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ 1 A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel It may be helpful to state explicitly what the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand what you expect of them and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 32 s5lu figs-explicit φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ 1 A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel It may be helpful to state explicitly what the child will help the **Gentiles** to understand. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand what you expect of them and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 33 l144 translate-textvariants ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ 1 his father and mother See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation or a different reading, “Joseph and his mother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 33 pp9f figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 what was said about him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Simeon said about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 34 xly1 εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ 1 said to Mary, his mother In your translation, make sure that this does not sound as if Mary is the mother of Simeon. Alternate translation: “said to Mary, the child’s mother”
|
||||
LUK 2 34 p2cy figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Simeon uses this expression to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her. Alternate translation: “Now this is important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 34 p2cy figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Simeon uses the word **Behold** to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her. Alternate translation: “Now this is important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 34 rs67 figs-metonymy οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 this one is appointed for the downfall and rising up of many in Israel The word **downfall** represents people turning away from God by association with the way they will be ruined as a result. The expression **rising up** represents people drawing closer to God, by association with they way they will prosper as a result. Alternate translation: “God will use this child to challenge many people of the people of Israel to decide definitively for or against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 34 l145 figs-activepassive οὗτος κεῖται εἰς 1 this one is appointed for If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God intends to use this child to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 34 abc4 figs-personification πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 many in Israel Simeon refers to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” or “many in the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -440,17 +440,17 @@ LUK 2 37 l155 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 night and day Luke
|
|||
LUK 2 38 c9e4 ἐπιστᾶσα 1 coming up The implication is that Anna came up to Mary and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she approached them” or “she went over to Mary and Joseph”
|
||||
LUK 2 38 l156 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ, ὥρᾳ 1 at that very hour Here, Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 38 l157 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν τοῖς 1 to all those The term **all** is a generalization that means many. Alternate translation: “to many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 2 38 l158 figs-idiom τοῖς προσδεχομένοις 1 who were waiting See how you translated this phrase in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “who were eagerly anticipating” or “who were looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 38 l158 figs-idiom πᾶσιν τοῖς προσδεχομένοις 1 who were waiting See how you translated this phrase in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “all who were eagerly anticipating” or “everyone who was looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 38 q1ak figs-metonymy λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 the redemption of Jerusalem Luke is using the word **redemption** to mean the person who would bring redemption. Alternate translation: “the one who would redeem Jerusalem” or “the person who would bring God’s blessings and favor back to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 38 l159 figs-metonymy Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem Luke is referring to all of the people of Israel by the name of their capital city, **Jerusalem.** Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 39 pk9z πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Κυρίου 1 everything that was according to the law of the Lord Alternate translation: “everything that the law of the Lord required them to do”
|
||||
LUK 2 39 g5vg figs-explicit εἰς πόλιν ἑαυτῶν Ναζαρέτ 1 to their own town of Nazareth This expression means that they lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the town of Nazareth, where they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 39 g5vg figs-explicit εἰς πόλιν ἑαυτῶν Ναζαρέτ 1 to their own town of Nazareth This expression means that they lived in **Nazareth**. Alternate translation: “the town of Nazareth, where they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 40 l160 figs-activepassive ἐκραταιοῦτο 1 was strengthened If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 40 qm1q figs-activepassive πληρούμενον σοφίᾳ 1 being filled with wisdom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “learning what was wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 40 xr2p figs-metaphor χάρις Θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 the grace of God was upon him As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “God blessed him in special ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 41 h6fr grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 2 41 h6fr grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 2 41 q3f4 writing-pronouns οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ 1 his parents Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 2 42 l161 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 2 42 l161 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 2 42 f7e7 figs-idiom ἀναβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 they went up Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **up** to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “they traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 42 d52y κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 according to the custom of the feast Alternate translation: “when it was time for the feast”
|
||||
LUK 2 42 g8aa figs-explicit τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 the feast Implicitly this means the Feast of Passover. It was called a **feast** because it involved eating a ceremonial meal. Alternate translation: “of the Feast of Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -467,13 +467,13 @@ LUK 2 47 y1i2 figs-explicit ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκο
|
|||
LUK 2 47 pgu4 figs-hendiadys ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 at his understanding and his answers Luke may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **understanding** may tell what characterized Jesus’ **answers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at his wise answers” or “at the understanding with which he answered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 2 48 llk9 writing-pronouns καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν 1 And when they saw him Alternate translation: “When Mary and Joseph found Jesus there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 2 48 f1ry figs-rquestion τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως? 1 why have you treated us thus? Mary is using the question form to rebuke Jesus indirectly for not going back home with them, causing them to worry about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have done this to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 2 48 w361 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Mary uses **behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what she is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 48 w361 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Mary uses **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what she is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 48 l164 figs-activepassive ὁ πατήρ σου κἀγὼ, ὀδυνώμενοι ζητοῦμεν σε 1 your father and I have been tormented searching for you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the passive verbal form **have been tormented** with an adverb. Alternate translation: “your father and I have been searching for you anxiously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 49 l165 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 2 49 l165 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 2 49 r8eh figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ἐζητεῖτέ με? 1 Why is it that you were searching for me? Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should not have had to search for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 2 49 va82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ᾔδειτε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου δεῖ εἶναί με? 1 Did you not know that I must be in the things of my Father? Once again Jesus is making a statement rather than actually asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I would be involved in my Father’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 2 49 p6aj ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου 1 in the things of my Father This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus is referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
|
||||
LUK 2 49 n76z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 2 49 n76z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real **Father**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 2 50 l166 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς 1 the word that he spoke to them The term **word** refers to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 51 h2i9 figs-idiom καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he went down with them Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **down** when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 51 zl2q figs-activepassive ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτοῖς 1 he was subjected to them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he obeyed them” or “he was obedient to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -488,10 +488,10 @@ LUK 3 1 l170 translate-names Τιβερίου 1 Tiberius **Tiberius** is the nam
|
|||
LUK 3 1 v22w translate-names Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου 1 Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 uv8h translate-names τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τῆς Γαλιλαίας…τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος…τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς 1 Judea … Galilee … Ituraea and Trachonitis … Abilene These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l171 translate-unknown τετραρχοῦντος 1 tetrarch In the Roman Empire, a **tetrarch** was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 3 2 d3m8 figs-explicit ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα 1 during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding Annas. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law Caiaphas high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 2 d3m8 figs-explicit ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα 1 during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding **Annas**. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law **Caiaphas** high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 2 dg8p figs-personification ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the word of God came Luke speaks of God’s message as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 3 2 l172 figs-metonymy ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the word of God came The term **word** describes the message that God gave John to say by using words. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 3 3 l173 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 3 3 l173 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 3 3 l174 translate-names τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 the Jordan **Jordan** is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 3 w2pu figs-abstractnouns κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **baptism**, **repentance**, and **forgiveness** with other phrases. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should let him immerse them in the river to show that they wanted to live a new life and that they wanted God to forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 3 4 zf6m figs-activepassive ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -511,22 +511,22 @@ LUK 3 6 du1b figs-abstractnouns ὄψεται…τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ
|
|||
LUK 3 6 l181 figs-quotesinquotes τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the salvation of God After this phrase, Isaiah ends his quotation from the person who is calling out in the wilderness. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark these words as a second-level quotation, indicate the end of that quotation here with whatever convention your language uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 3 6 l182 figs-quotemarks τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the salvation of God After this phrase, Luke also ends his quotation from the book of Isaiah. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark this as a first-level quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a first-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
LUK 3 7 sxn9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 7 b724 figs-idiom γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Offspring of vipers The expression **offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 7 b724 figs-idiom γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Offspring of vipers The expression **Offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 7 l183 translate-unknown γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Offspring of vipers If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 3 7 mcq5 figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you could not escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 3 7 g7tw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 from the coming wrath John is using the word **wrath** to refer to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s **wrath** or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 pz16 figs-metaphor ποιήσατε…καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας 1 produce fruits worthy of repentance John is comparing a person’s behavior to fruit. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 pz16 figs-metaphor ποιήσατε…καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας 1 produce fruits worthy of repentance John is comparing a person’s behavior to **fruits**. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l184 figs-abstractnouns ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας 1 worthy of repentance If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l185 figs-quotesinquotes μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 do not begin to say within yourselves, ‘We have Abraham as our father’ **We have Abraham as our father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l185 figs-quotesinquotes μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 do not begin to say within yourselves, ‘We have Abraham as our father’ **We have Abraham as {our} father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l186 figs-metaphor πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father Here, **Father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l187 figs-exclusive πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father John is suggesting something the people might say about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “we” and “us,” use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l188 figs-metaphor πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 pft3 figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father If it would be unclear to your readers why they would say this, you may also add the implied information: Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 gbp2 figs-metaphor δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones The expression **raise up** is a spatial metaphor. It envisions that if God did turn the stones into people who were descendants of Abraham, then the people would be standing up in front of everyone, no longer lying in the riverbed as the stones were. Alternate translation: “God is able create descendants for Abraham out of these stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l189 figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 children for Abraham Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 pi82 ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων 1 from these stones John was probably referring to actual stones lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
|
||||
LUK 3 8 pi82 ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων 1 from these stones John was probably referring to actual **stones** lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
|
||||
LUK 3 9 r5pa figs-activepassive ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται 1 the ax is already set against the root of the trees If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 9 l190 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται 1 the ax is already set against the root of the trees This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 9 l190 figs-metaphor ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται 1 the ax is already set against the root of the trees This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 9 l8it figs-activepassive πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 9 l191 figs-metaphor πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 10 ak6i figs-quotemarks ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν…λέγοντες 1 kept asking him, saying Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -539,24 +539,24 @@ LUK 3 13 m136 figs-activepassive παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑ
|
|||
LUK 3 14 w2d8 figs-exclusive τί ποιήσωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς? 1 And us, what should we do? The soliders are speaking about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we** and “us,” use the exclusive form here. You could make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “How about us soldiers? What must we do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 14 l3mz figs-explicit μηδὲ συκοφαντήσητε 1 do not accuse falsely The implication is that soldiers were making false charges against people in order to extort money from them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 14 bvy5 figs-activepassive καὶ ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν 1 and be contented with your wages If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “instead, let the amount you are paid satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 14 l193 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 4 and This word introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 3 14 l193 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 4 and The word **and** introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 3 15 pgp3 grammar-connect-time-background προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 And the people were expecting Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. You can introduce his statement with a word that will indicate this. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 3 15 l194 figs-explicit προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 And the people were expecting The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 15 czb7 figs-metaphor διαλογιζομένων…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 wondering in their hearts Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 15 czb7 figs-metaphor διαλογιζομένων πάντων ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 wondering in their hearts Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “all wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 fn1u figs-explicit ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John answered, saying to them all John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 l195 figs-hendiadys ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων…ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John answered, saying Together the words **answered** and **saying** mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 wj3h ἐγὼ…ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς 1 I … baptize you with water Alternate translation: “I … baptize you using water” or “I … baptize you by means of water”
|
||||
LUK 3 16 k3hg figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 jjp1 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 c1an figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί 1 He will baptize you … with fire The word **fire** is intended, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 wj3h ἐγὼ μὲν ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς 1 I … baptize you with water Alternate translation: “I indeed baptize you using water” or “I indeed baptize you by means of water”
|
||||
LUK 3 16 k3hg figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals Untying the straps of **sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 jjp1 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the **Holy Spirit**, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 c1an figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί 1 He will baptize you … with fire The word **fire** is intended, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 jzm4 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 l196 figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand The phrase **in his hand** is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 b1ap translate-unknown πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you could use the word for it here. Otherwise, you could use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 gf8n translate-unknown διακαθᾶραι τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To **clear off** the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. Alternate translation: “to completely thresh all of his grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 gt3q figs-exmetaphor καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ 1 and to gather the wheat into his storehouse John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 ky8j figs-exmetaphor τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 gt3q figs-exmetaphor καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ 1 and to gather the wheat into his storehouse John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The **wheat** is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 ky8j figs-exmetaphor τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The **chaff** is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 18 tyj9 πολλὰ…καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν 1 also exhorting many other things Alternate translation: “saying many other things to warn them”
|
||||
LUK 3 19 l197 writing-background δὲ 1 But Luke uses the term **but** to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in [3:21](../03/21.md) that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 3 19 l197 writing-background δὲ 1 But Luke uses the term **But** to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in [3:21](../03/21.md) that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 3 19 jj3q translate-unknown ὁ…Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης 1 Herod the tetrarch See how you translated the term **tetrarch** in [3:1](../03/01.md) Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 3 19 l198 figs-activepassive ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could make clear who did the action. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 19 cu4v figs-explicit ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother The implication is that Herod’s brother was still alive. That made this marriage a violation of the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife, while his brother was still alive. That was something which the law of Moses forbade” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -568,8 +568,8 @@ LUK 3 21 l200 figs-hyperbole ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν 1 all the people Th
|
|||
LUK 3 21 nw1s figs-activepassive καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος 1 Jesus also was baptized You could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 21 i5zg figs-activepassive ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 the heavens were opened You could express this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 22 q2yh figs-personification φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι 1 a voice came from heaven Luke speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 3 22 h7tn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my … Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 uvm3 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 3 22 h7tn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my … Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 uvm3 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 d3sh figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα 1 Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) the word **beginning** is a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke is saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 z2xa figs-activepassive ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ 1 He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 24 f8pm translate-names τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ 1 of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -634,15 +634,15 @@ LUK 4 12 cf6c figs-activepassive εἴρηται 1 It is said If it would be hel
|
|||
LUK 4 12 gf8h figs-declarative οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 You will not put the Lord your God to the test The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 4 13 nc2c figs-explicit συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν 1 when he had finished every temptation This does not imply that the devil was successful in his temptation. Jesus resisted every attempt. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “after the devil had repeatedly failed to persuade Jesus to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 13 qqd7 figs-explicit ἄχρι καιροῦ 1 until an opportune time New Testament Greek had two words for time. The first referred to chronological time, that is, the passage of time. The second word referred to the right time to do something. ULT is using the phrase **an opportune time** to translate that second word. If your language makes this same distinction, use the corresponding word in your own translation. Alternate translation: “until the time was right to try again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 14 yfc3 writing-newevent καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 4 14 yfc3 writing-newevent καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 4 14 ht5k figs-explicit ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 in the power of the Spirit This phrase means that God, by the Holy Spirit, was empowering Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that ordinary humans could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Spirit was giving him the power to do extraordinary things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 14 dhj7 figs-personification φήμη ἐξῆλθεν…περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 news about him went out Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could **go out** actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 4 14 hah9 καθ’ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 1 throughout the entire surrounding region Alternate translation: “everywhere around Galilee”
|
||||
LUK 4 15 ik8g figs-activepassive δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων 1 being praised by all If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as everyone spoke about him in a good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 16 l214 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 4 16 l214 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 4 16 ulb1 figs-activepassive οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος 1 where he had been raised If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “where his parents had raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 16 g4sv κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς αὐτῷ 1 according to his custom Alternate translation: “as was his usual practice”
|
||||
LUK 4 17 l215 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 4 17 l215 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 4 17 i9hn figs-activepassive ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου 1 the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 17 l216 figs-explicit ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου 1 the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him Since Jesus looked for a specific passage in the scroll, and since he said that it was being fulfilled right at that time, it is likely that Jesus requested this particular scroll. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at his request, someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 17 x52a translate-unknown βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου 1 the scroll of the prophet Isaiah A **scroll** was a long, wide roll of special paper. On this scroll someone had written the words that **Isaiah** had spoken many years before. If your readers would not know what a **scroll** is, you could describe it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the special paper roll that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” or “the book that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ LUK 4 27 l226 figs-activepassive οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθ
|
|||
LUK 4 27 l227 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were healed except If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 4 27 l229 figs-explicit Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “a Gentile, Naaman from Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 27 mbs2 translate-names Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian **Naaman** is the name of a man, and **Syrian** is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l230 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l230 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 ca1k figs-explicit ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα 1 all in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l231 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ 1 all … were filled with rage If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l232 figs-personification ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ 1 all … were filled with rage Luke speaks of the people’s **rage** as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -691,12 +691,12 @@ LUK 4 29 l233 figs-activepassive τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλι
|
|||
LUK 4 29 l234 figs-explicit ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν 1 so as to throw him off The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 30 k7dg διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν 1 passing through the midst of them Alternate translation: “slipping between the people who were trying to kill him”
|
||||
LUK 4 30 m45c ἐπορεύετο 1 he went on his way Alternate translation: “he left that place”
|
||||
LUK 4 31 ynf3 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 4 31 ynf3 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 4 31 ib1l figs-idiom κατῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ 1 he went down to Capernaum Here, Luke uses the phrase **went down** because **Capernaum** is lower in elevation than Nazareth. Alternate translation: “went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 4 31 ky4y figs-explicit Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Capernaum, a city in Galilee Since Nazareth was also in Galilee, you might state “Capernaum, another city in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 32 qk28 figs-activepassive ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 they were astonished at his teaching If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 32 j4ee figs-metonymy ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ 1 his word was with authority Luke is using the term **word** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “he taught as one who had authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 4 33 l235 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 4 33 l235 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 4 33 fax1 writing-participants ἦν ἄνθρωπος 1 there was a man Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 4 33 i93n ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου 1 who had a spirit of an unclean demon Alternate translation: “who was controlled by an evil spirit”
|
||||
LUK 4 33 e539 figs-idiom ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 he cried out with a loud voice This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he shouted loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -710,16 +710,16 @@ LUK 4 36 l238 figs-metonymy τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 What is this wor
|
|||
LUK 4 36 h7wx figs-rquestion τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 What is this word? The people are making a statement, not asking a question. They do not expect anyone to explain what Jesus’ teaching is. Instead, they are using the question form to express how amazed they are that Jesus has the authority to command demons to leave a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This is a powerful message!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 4 36 dgz3 figs-doublet ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν 1 he commands the unclean spirits with authority and power The words **authority** and **power** mean similar things. The people use the two terms together to emphasize what great control Jesus has over unclean spirits. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms in a single phrase that would similarly express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “he has complete authority over the unclean spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 4 37 q25f writing-endofstory καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 And news about him went out This is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
LUK 4 37 l239 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 4 37 l239 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 4 37 xca8 figs-personification ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 news about him went out Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 jn3a writing-newevent δὲ 1 Then Luke uses this word to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 jn3a writing-newevent δὲ 1 Then Luke uses the word **Then** to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 l240 writing-participants Σίμωνος 1 Simon Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 l241 translate-names Σίμωνος 1 Simon **Simon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 tf3d πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος 1 Simon’s mother-in-law This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
|
||||
LUK 4 38 lls1 figs-idiom ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 was suffering with a high fever This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 cp21 ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 was suffering with a high fever You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
|
||||
LUK 4 38 z3qz figs-explicit ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς 1 they asked him concerning her Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the **fever**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 39 pla1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. He is indicating that Jesus did this because the people had pleaded with him on behalf of Simon’s mother-in-law. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 4 39 pla1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. He is indicating that Jesus did this because the people had pleaded with him on behalf of Simon’s mother-in-law. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 4 39 v8uf ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς 1 standing over her Alternate translation: “going and leaning over her”
|
||||
LUK 4 39 ed8r ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν 1 he rebuked the fever, and it left her You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “he commanded her skin to become cool, and it did” or “he commanded the sickness to leave her, and it did”
|
||||
LUK 4 39 qtn7 figs-idiom διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 began to serve them This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and began to prepare food for Jesus and the other people in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ LUK 5 27 l266 figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me In this context,
|
|||
LUK 5 27 b3tr figs-imperative ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me **Follow me** is not a command, but an invitation. Jesus is encouraging Levi to do this if he wants. Alternate translation: “I want you to become my disciple” or “I invite you to come and follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 5 28 phw9 figs-hyperbole καταλιπὼν πάντα 1 leaving everything behind Here, **everything** is a generalization that refers to Levi’s position as a tax collector and the advantages that came with it. Alternate translation: “leaving his work as a tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 5 28 abc0 figs-events καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς 1 leaving everything behind, he got up If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he got up and left everything behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
LUK 5 29 l267 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 5 29 l267 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 5 29 g6yt writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his house The pronoun **his** refers to Levi, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 5 29 ip2m translate-unknown κατακείμενοι 1 reclining to eat In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “lying on banqueting couches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 5 30 n82u writing-pronouns πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 to his disciples In this case, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Levi. Alternate translation: “to Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ LUK 8 41 avi8 ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς 1 a ruler of the synagogu
|
|||
LUK 8 41 epa2 translate-symaction πεσὼν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ 1 falling at the feet of Jesus Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Jairus did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 8 42 kq2v figs-explicit ἀπέθνῃσκεν 1 was dying The implication is that Jairus wanted Jesus to heal her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was about to die, and he wanted Jesus to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 42 ymb1 figs-explicit ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν 1 And as he was going You may need to say first in your language that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. You could put that information in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “So Jesus agreed to go with him. Now as he was on his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 42 l458 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 8 42 l458 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 8 42 kw2y οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν 1 the crowds were crowding around him Alternate translation: “the people were crowding tightly around Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 8 43 l7pu writing-participants γυνὴ οὖσα 1 there was a woman This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 8 43 h9uq figs-euphemism ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος 1 with a flow of blood Luke uses the phrase **a flow of blood** refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ LUK 9 13 tay4 translate-unknown ἄρτοι πέντε 1 five loaves This means
|
|||
LUK 9 13 vuc1 figs-irony εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα 1 unless we go and buy food for all these people The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 9 14 c9z5 figs-explicit ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι 1 about 5,000 men Luke assumes that readers will know that this number does not include the women and children who were likely also present. (This is not a case where a masculine term includes women.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 5,000 men, not counting the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 14 v44h κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς 1 Have them recline to eat Alternate translation: “Tell them to sit down to eat”
|
||||
LUK 9 15 l552 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 9 15 l552 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 9 15 xq6k figs-parallelism ἐποίησαν οὕτως 1 thus they did, and made them all recline to eat These two phrases the same thing. Luke is using repetition for clarity and perhaps, by drawing things out, to create some suspense about what will happen next. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the disciples had all the people sit down as Jesus had instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 9 16 j39h λαβὼν δὲ τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους 1 Then taking the five loaves Alternate translation: “Then Jesus took the five loaves of bread”
|
||||
LUK 9 16 j8y3 figs-explicit ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking up to heaven This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “looking up beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ LUK 9 30 p3cd figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Here, Luke uses the word **behol
|
|||
LUK 9 31 g28p figs-activepassive οἳ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ 1 who were seen in glory This phrase gives information about how Moses and Elijah looked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who appeared in glorious splendor” or “who were shining brightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 31 cur1 figs-euphemism τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ 1 his departure Luke is using a polite way of referring to Jesus’ death. Alternate translation: “how Jesus would leave this world” or “how Jesus would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 9 31 l502 ἣν ἤμελλεν πληροῦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 which he was about to fulfill in Jerusalem Alternate translation: “which was soon going to happen in Jerusalem”
|
||||
LUK 9 32 i29n writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 9 32 i29n writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 9 32 f8ip figs-activepassive ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ 1 Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 32 l503 figs-personification ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ 1 Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep Luke speaks of **sleep** as if it were something that could be like a weight pressing down on a person. Alternate translation: “Peter and James and John all felt very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 9 32 tw7e figs-explicit εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 they saw his glory As in [2:9](../02/09.md), the implication is that this **glory** manifested visibly as a bright light. Alternate translation: “they saw brilliant light shining around Jesus” or “they saw a very bright light coming from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ LUK 11 12 e8hr translate-unknown σκορπίον 1 scorpion A **scorpion** is a
|
|||
LUK 11 12 ls05 figs-explicit σκορπίον 1 a scorpion In this culture, people did not eat scorpions. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat scorpions in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 13 g99r grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες, οἴδατε 1 if you who are evil know Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you who are evil know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
LUK 11 13 aww7 figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, δώσει Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 how much more will the Father who is from heaven give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Heavenly Father will even more certainly give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 11 14 uyu1 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 11 14 uyu1 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 11 14 afa8 figs-explicit ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον κωφόν 1 he was driving out a mute demon The **demon** itself was not unable to speak. Rather, it was preventing the man whom it was controlling from speaking. Alternate translation: “Jesus was driving out a demon that was causing a man to be unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 14 l6cg writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark where the action begins that this episode centers around. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 11 14 p72b figs-ellipsis τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος 1 when the demon had gone out Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon **had gone out**. Your language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ LUK 12 59 wi7m figs-hypo λέγω σοι 1 I say to you Jesus uses this expressi
|
|||
LUK 12 59 l841 figs-youcrowd λέγω σοι 1 I say to you Even though Jesus is speaking directly to the crowd, he is still addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 12 59 i124 translate-bmoney καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν 1 the very last lepton A **lepton** was the smallest and least valuable coin in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about a tenth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the very last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
LUK 13 intro xaa2 0 # Luke 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches with parables (13:1–30)<br>2. Jesus speaks about Herod and Jerusalem (13:31–35)<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Unknown events<br><br>The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about, but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written. These events are Pilate executing some Galileans in the temple, 13:1–2, and 18 people being killed when a tower collapsed in Jerusalem, 13:4. In your translation, you should tell your readers no more than what Luke tells about what happened. Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” (Luke 13:30)
|
||||
LUK 13 1 t1fi grammar-connect-time-background δέ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 13 1 t1fi grammar-connect-time-background δέ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 13 1 l842 writing-participants παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ 1 some were present at that time who were reporting to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 13 1 wg2k figs-explicit ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ 1 at that time This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in [11:54](../11/54.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 1 l843 figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Luke is speaking about this event to indicate that the **blood** of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal **sacrifices**. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ LUK 13 8 l2ks ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος 1 leav
|
|||
LUK 13 8 st4w translate-unknown βάλω κόπρια 1 put on manure The word **manure** means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil more fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 13 9 w5qh figs-ellipsis κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον 1 If indeed it bears fruit in the coming one The gardener does not specify what he thinks the master should do with the tree if it does bear fruit, but you can supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “If the tree has figs on it next year, then you can allow it to keep growing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 13 9 j4ul figs-declarative ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν 1 you will cut it down The servant is using a statement to make a suggestion. He is not giving a command in the form of a future statement, as some languages allow speakers to do. Alternate translation: “you can have me cut it down for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 13 10 p3el grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 13 10 p3el grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 13 10 c3j8 ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 on the Sabbath Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
|
||||
LUK 13 11 l858 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 11 wn7u writing-participants γυνὴ 1 a woman Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ LUK 13 35 l926 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένο
|
|||
LUK 13 35 v6lj figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord God’s **name** represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 14 intro xk3w 0 # Luke 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1–24)<br>2. Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25–35)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15–24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
|
||||
LUK 14 1 dj2d writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 14 1 a3ya grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 14 1 a3ya grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 14 1 l89x writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 he The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 14 1 lh8g figs-synecdoche φαγεῖν ἄρτον 1 to eat bread Luke refers to **bread**, one kind of food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “to have a meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 14 1 jst8 figs-explicit καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν 1 and they were watching him closely The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as [14:3](../14/03.md) indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2479,9 +2479,9 @@ LUK 14 3 l931 figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπε
|
|||
LUK 14 3 l932 translate-unknown τοὺς νομικοὺς 1 the lawyers See how you translated **lawyers** in [7:45](../07/45.md). In this context, the term **lawyers** refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “the experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 14 3 qak4 figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ θεραπεῦσαι ἢ οὔ? 1 Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not? Jesus is not asking this question for information or to get guidance about what he should do. Rather, he is using the question to challenge the Pharisees and lawyers to think about the meaning and purpose of the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “If you think the law does not permit healing on the Sabbath, explain why.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 4 pj9t οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν 1 But they kept silent Alternate translation: “But the religious leaders would not answer Jesus’ question”
|
||||
LUK 14 4 l933 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the religious leaders made no objection to healing on the Sabbath, as a result, Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 4 l933 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the religious leaders made no objection to healing on the Sabbath, as a result, Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 4 x4lq writing-pronouns ἐπιλαβόμενος 1 taking hold of him Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the man who was suffering from edema and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 14 5 l934 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 5 l934 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 5 rr5z figs-rquestion τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 Of which of you will a son or an ox fall into a well, and he will not immediately pull him out on the Sabbath day Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 6 cti5 καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα 1 And they were not able to give an answer to these things Alternate translation: “And there was nothing they could say in response”
|
||||
LUK 14 7 l935 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο 1 he was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ LUK 14 14 vpt9 figs-activepassive μακάριος ἔσῃ 1 you will be blesse
|
|||
LUK 14 14 r6cp figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι 1 they do not have to repay you This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 14 14 z4tv figs-activepassive ἀνταποδοθήσεται…σοι 1 it will be repaid to you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 14 rd75 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων 1 in the resurrection of the righteous Alternate translation: “when God brings righteous people back to life”
|
||||
LUK 14 15 cm12 grammar-connect-time-background δέ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 14 15 cm12 grammar-connect-time-background δέ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 14 15 h4wu writing-participants τις τῶν συνανακειμένων 1 one of those who reclined to eat Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 14 15 l949 translate-unknown τις τῶν συνανακειμένων 1 one of those who reclined to eat See how you translated the expression “recline to eat” in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 14 15 a8pf figs-synecdoche ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 whoever will eat bread in the kingdom of God This man is using the word **bread** to refer to an entire meal. Alternate translation: “anyone who is invited to the feast in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2570,7 +2570,7 @@ LUK 14 24 n867 figs-activepassive τῶν κεκλημένων 1 who were invite
|
|||
LUK 14 24 hl7q figs-metonymy γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 will taste of my supper The master may be using the word **taste** to mean eating the meal. Alternate translation: “will enjoy the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 14 24 l984 figs-hyperbole γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 will taste of my supper Alternatively, the master may be making an extreme statement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “will get even a taste of the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 14 24 l966 μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 my supper By this expression, the master does not mean his own meal, but the dinner that he has prepared for others. Alternate translation: “the dinner that I have prepared”
|
||||
LUK 14 25 l967 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 14 25 l967 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 14 25 gv94 writing-newevent συνεπορεύοντο…αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 large crowds were journeying with him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 l968 figs-idiom εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με, 1 If anyone comes to me This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 l969 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone … who loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2608,14 +2608,14 @@ LUK 14 35 u9h3 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέ
|
|||
LUK 14 35 c5fb figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one who has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 14 35 l981 figs-you ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one who has ears to hear, let him hear If you choose to translate this in the second person, **you** would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 15 intro p1ba 0 # Luke 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells parables about a lost sheep, a lost coin, and a lost son (15:1–32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the prodigal son<br><br>The story that Jesus tells in Luke 15:11–32 is known as The Parable of the Prodigal Son, although he does not give the story that title himself. Most interpreters understand the father in the story to represent God (the Father), the sinful younger son to represent those who repent and come to faith in Jesus, and the self-righteous older son to represent the Pharisees. In the story, the older son becomes angry at the father for forgiving the younger son’s sins. He will not even go in to the party that the father is giving to welcome the younger son home. Jesus knew that the Pharisees wanted God to think that only they were good and not forgive other people’s sins. Jesus was teaching them that they would never become part of God’s kingdom if they continued to think that way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])<br><br>### Sinners<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins such as stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables (15:4–7, 15:8–10, and 15:11–32) to teach that the people who acknowledge that they are sinners and who repent are the people who truly please God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 15 1 yj6b grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 15 1 yj6b grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 15 1 l982 writing-participants ἦσαν…αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ 1 all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. These people were part of the crowd that Luke described generally in [14:25](../14/25.md). Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 15 1 ss52 figs-hyperbole ἦσαν…αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ 1 all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him The word **all** is an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 15 2 l986 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 15 2 l986 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 15 2 l987 writing-participants διεγόγγυζον οἵ τε Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 both the Pharisees and the scribes were grumbling Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. While these may not be exactly the same individuals whom Jesus encountered in places such as [5:17–30](../05/17.md), the members of this group in general function as the same character throughout the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees and scribes were there, and they were grumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 15 2 dd9b οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται 1 This one receives sinners Alternate translation: “This man lets sinners into his presence” or “This man associates with sinners”
|
||||
LUK 15 2 ec2r figs-explicit οὗτος 1 This one This expression implicitly means Jesus. Alternate translation: “This man” or “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 3 l988 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 15 3 l988 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 15 3 ill7 figs-parables εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 he spoke this parable to them Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 pxm3 figs-rquestion τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό? 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l989 figs-hypo τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ LUK 15 19 m009 figs-quotesinquotes οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθ
|
|||
LUK 15 19 aug2 figs-activepassive οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 15 19 m010 figs-idiom κληθῆναι 1 to be called This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 19 up55 figs-imperative ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου 1 make me as one of your hired servants This is a request, not a command. To show that, it may be helpful to add “please,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “please hire me as one of your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 15 20 m43r grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 15 20 m43r grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 15 20 m011 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 he got up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he left that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 20 za3c ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος 1 while he was still far away This does not mean that the younger son was still in the other country. Alternate translation: “while he was still at a great distance from his father’s house”
|
||||
LUK 15 20 a7ls figs-activepassive ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 1 was moved with compassion If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@ LUK 15 32 due5 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸ
|
|||
LUK 15 32 v55y figs-metaphor ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 he had been lost, and was found See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if he had been missing and we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 32 m046 figs-activepassive καὶ εὑρέθη 1 and was found If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 intro qz3g 0 # Luke 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells a parable about a household manager (16:1–15)<br>2. Jesus gives further teachings (16:16–18)<br>3. Jesus tells a parable about a rich man who died (16:19–31)
|
||||
LUK 16 1 m047 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 16 1 m047 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 16 1 p54g writing-participants ἔλεγεν…καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς 1 he also said to his disciples Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. Jesus directed the previous three parables to the Pharisees and scribes, although **the disciples**may have been part of the crowd that was listening. He directs this next parable to **the disciples**. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to his disciples, who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 16 1 r6ck figs-parables ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς 1 And he also said to his disciples One theme of the story of the two sons was the use of possessions. To help his disciples understand something further about that, Jesus tells them a brief story that provides an illustration. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Jesus then told his disciples an illustrative story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 16 1 k6jv writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον 1 There was a certain rich man who had a manager This introduces the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man who employed a manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2790,7 +2790,7 @@ LUK 16 13 u1lk figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, κα
|
|||
LUK 16 13 ba2m ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται 1 be devoted to one Alternate translation: “love the first master very strongly”
|
||||
LUK 16 13 dd9z τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 despise the other Alternate translation: “he will hold the second master in contempt” or “he will hate the second master”
|
||||
LUK 16 13 pw7q figs-you οὐ δύνασθε…δουλεύειν 1 You are not able to serve Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 16 14 taq3 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 16 14 taq3 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 16 14 m067 writing-participants οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 the Pharisees Here Luke reintroduces **the Pharisees** as participants in the story, but they have been present all along. Jesus told them the three parables in [15:3–32](../15/03.md), and they have since been listening to what Jesus has been teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees who were present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 16 14 lbq9 φιλάργυροι ὑπάρχοντες 1 who were lovers of money Alternate translation: “who loved having money” or “who were very greedy for money”
|
||||
LUK 16 15 zcqs ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ δικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 the ones justifying yourselves Alternate translation: “You are people who try to make yourselves look good”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@ LUK 18 14 qrg3 figs-explicit παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 rather than that one T
|
|||
LUK 18 14 n7xr figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 will be humbled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 14 uuc5 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m221 figs-metaphor ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe someone who is honored as if he were high up. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 18 15 m260 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 18 15 m260 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 18 15 abcm writing-pronouns προσέφερον…αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη 1 they were bringing even the infants to him Here, **they** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 18 15 m222 translate-symaction ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτηται 1 so that he might touch them If Jesus would **touch** the babies, this would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. Alternate translation: “so that he could put his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 18 15 kxd9 figs-explicit ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς 1 they were rebuking them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3228,7 +3228,7 @@ LUK 18 42 m257 ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has sav
|
|||
LUK 18 43 m258 ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 he followed him Here, **followed** does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he walked down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 18 43 d1kk δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 glorifying God Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
|
||||
LUK 19 intro zn2b 0 # Luke 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:1–10)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:11–27)<br>3. Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:28–48)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinner”<br><br>The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### Servants<br><br>God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that the disciples brought Jesus both a donkey and a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1–7 and Mark 11:1–7 and Luke 19:29–36 and John 12:14–15)<br><br>### Spreading garments and branches<br><br>When kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### The merchants in the temple<br><br>Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
|
||||
LUK 19 1 j35m grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 1 j35m grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 1 m259 translate-names Ἰερειχώ 1 Jericho **Jericho** is the name of a city. See how you translated **Jericho** in [18:35](../18/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 m263 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 y5i5 writing-participants ἀνὴρ 1 a man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3238,10 +3238,10 @@ LUK 19 2 z91v writing-background καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελών
|
|||
LUK 19 3 m3ux ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν 1 he was trying to see Jesus, who he was Alternate translation: “Zacchaeus was trying to get a good look at Jesus” or “Zacchaeus was trying to see what kind of man Jesus was”
|
||||
LUK 19 3 njt7 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν 1 he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was short, he could not see over the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 3 m266 figs-explicit οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν 1 he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 4 k984 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 4 k984 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 4 pzr6 translate-unknown συκομορέαν 1 a sycamore tree This is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 5 mr51 ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον 1 when he came to the place Alternate translation: “when Jesus got to that tree” or “when Jesus reached the place where Zacchaeus was”
|
||||
LUK 19 6 zrw4 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 6 zrw4 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 7 mit4 figs-hyperbole πάντες διεγόγγυζον 1 they all complained Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd complained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 7 k2cl παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι 1 He has gone in to lodge with a sinful man Alternate translation: “Jesus is going to stay in the house of an obvious sinner”
|
||||
LUK 19 7 yl4h ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ 1 a sinful man By using two terms together, rather than simply saying “sinner,” the crowd is emphasizing that Zacchaeus has openly done many wrong things. Alternate translation: “an obvious sinner”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3263,7 +3263,7 @@ LUK 19 10 myp2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son
|
|||
LUK 19 10 m275 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 10 m276 figs-123person τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 the lost If you decided to use the second person in the previous verse, you could use it here as well. Alternate translation: “lost people like you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 19 10 m277 figs-metaphor τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 the lost Jesus is using the term **lost**. Alternate translation: “people who have wandered away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 11 m278 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 11 m278 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 11 vue7 figs-parables προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν 1 he proceeded to speak a parable To help the people in the crowd have the correct expectations about the kingdom of God, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 19 11 m279 grammar-connect-logic-result προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν 1 he proceeded to speak a parable If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause last in the verse, since the two statements that follow give the reason for the result that it describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 11 qs7z figs-abstractnouns ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναφαίνεσθαι 1 that the kingdom of God was about to appear immediately If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “that God was going to begin to rule immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3369,7 +3369,7 @@ LUK 19 35 g49k ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 mounted Jesus on
|
|||
LUK 19 36 m319 translate-symaction ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they were spreading their cloaks on the road The word **they** refers to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 19 36 lxj5 translate-symaction ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they were spreading their cloaks on the road This was a way of showing honor to someone. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road in front of Jesus as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 19 36 m320 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks See how you translated **cloaks** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 ba9e grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 ba9e grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 t4nk τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the descent of the Mount of Olives Alternate translation: “where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives”
|
||||
LUK 19 37 m321 translate-names τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the Mount of Olives This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated this phrase in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 m322 figs-hendiadys χαίροντες αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν 1 to rejoice and praise God The phrase **rejoice and praise** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **rejoice** tells how they began to **praise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to praise God joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3384,10 +3384,10 @@ LUK 19 38 vb29 figs-metaphor καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glor
|
|||
LUK 19 38 m327 figs-abstractnouns καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “and may heaven be glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 m326 figs-explicit καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest The implication is that this **glory** is praise that would be given to God. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 38 m328 figs-explicit καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις 1 and glory in the highest The implication is that God would be praised for sending this king. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven for sending this king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 39 m329 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καί 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the crowd was saying and what the Pharisees thought was appropriate. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 39 m329 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καί 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the crowd was saying and what the Pharisees thought was appropriate. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 39 m330 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 19 39 yv21 ἐπιτίμησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου 1 rebuke your disciples Alternate translation: “tell your disciples to stop saying these things”
|
||||
LUK 19 40 m331 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 40 m331 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 40 m332 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 answering he said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the complaint of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 19 40 efm9 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||||
LUK 19 40 m333 figs-explicit ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν 1 if these were silent, the stones would cry out The implication is that Jesus is refusing to do what the Pharisees are asking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not tell them to be silent, because if they were, then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3413,7 +3413,7 @@ LUK 19 44 m341 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 your childre
|
|||
LUK 19 44 m342 figs-you σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου 1 you … your … you … you … you did not know … your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 f51h figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί 1 they will not leave stone upon stone in you This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 xv9n figs-idiom οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου 1 you did not know the time of your visitation Here, **visitation** is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in [1:68](../01/68.md), [1:78](../01/78.md), and [7:16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 xq47 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 xq47 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 u91v figs-explicit εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 entering into the temple You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 j6ce figs-synecdoche τὸ ἱερὸν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 py1x ἐκβάλλειν 1 drive out Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3423,10 +3423,10 @@ LUK 19 46 uvf7 figs-metaphor ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house God, speaking thr
|
|||
LUK 19 46 wac1 figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 ba8w figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m344 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 mn6e writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 mn6e writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m345 figs-nominaladj οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the first of the people Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m346 figs-metaphor οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the first of the people The term **first** represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 48 m347 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 48 m347 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 48 m348 οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν 1 they were not finding that which they might do Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 19 48 m349 figs-hyperbole ὁ λαὸς…ἅπας 1 all the people Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so many of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 48 pnf9 figs-metaphor ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων 1 were hanging on him listening Luke speaks of the people **hanging** on Jesus to emphasize how closely they were listening to what he said. Alternate translation: “were paying close attention to him to hear what he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3452,7 +3452,7 @@ LUK 20 6 m357 figs-hyperbole ὁ λαὸς ἅπας 1 the whole people For emph
|
|||
LUK 20 6 m358 figs-idiom ὁ λαὸς 1 the … people This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the … Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 nns5 figs-explicit καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 stone us The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m359 figs-activepassive πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν 1 it is persuaded If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 ia28 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 ia28 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 w2bc figs-quotations ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν 1 they answered that they did not know from where If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 eeg7 figs-ellipsis πόθεν 1 from where Luke leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who gave John the authority to baptize people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 20 8 d3bg grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Nor will I tell you Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3500,7 +3500,7 @@ LUK 20 19 u4tz figs-idiom ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here Lu
|
|||
LUK 20 19 m372 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν 1 and they feared the people Luke uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 20 19 u4ta figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν 1 they feared the people If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what the people might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 19 m373 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 for they knew that he had spoken this parable against them If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this the first clause in the verse, since it gives the reason why the religious leaders wanted to arrest Jesus. That is what UST does, making the clause a separate sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 20 m374 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 20 m374 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 20 f1en writing-participants ἀπέστειλαν ἐνκαθέτους 1 they sent spies Luke uses this statement to introduce these **spies** as new characters into the story. It may be helpful to say more about where they came from. Alternate translation: “they found some people who agreed to act as spies, and they sent them to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 20 m375 ὑποκρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι 1 who pretended themselves to be righteous Alternate translation: “who pretended that they were sincere”
|
||||
LUK 20 20 ml5w figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγου 1 that they might take hold of his word Luke says that these religious leaders wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to use something he might say against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3607,7 +3607,7 @@ LUK 20 44 zk2h figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν
|
|||
LUK 20 44 k1tp figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 And how is he his son Like the question in [20:41](../20/41.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 m427 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus is using this word to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 m426 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 son Here Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 45 k3pf grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 20 45 k3pf grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 20 45 m420 figs-hyperbole παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 all the people Luke is generalizing to refer to everyone who was present as Jesus was teaching. Alternate translation: “all the people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m421 figs-metonymy προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Beware of the scribes Jesus says **beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 ang2 translate-symaction θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς 1 who desire to walk in long robes In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3619,7 +3619,7 @@ LUK 20 47 g67x προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται 1 for a pr
|
|||
LUK 20 47 zpp5 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation Jesus is using the word **condemnation** to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 zpx5 figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 intro ny7d 0 # Luke 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1–4)<br>2. Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5–38)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “the times of the nations”<br><br>The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in [21:16](../21/16.md), “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in [21:18](../21/18.md), he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to [21:18](../21/18.md) explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
|
||||
LUK 21 1 k2zb writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 k2zb writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 m425 writing-newevent εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους 1 he saw the rich who were putting their gifts into the treasury This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 m428 figs-nominaladj τοὺς…πλουσίους 1 the rich Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 nf4c figs-explicit τὰ δῶρα 1 gifts If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **gifts** were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3782,7 +3782,7 @@ LUK 21 36 m487 figs-metaphor καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν το
|
|||
LUK 21 36 h83d figs-metaphor καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 and to stand before the Son of Man Here, **stand** is an idiom that means to be declared innocent when judged, as in [Psalm 130:3](../psa/130/03.md), “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” (That is, “If you, Yahweh, kept a record of sins, no one would be declared innocent.”) Jesus is referring to the time when he will judge everyone. Alternate translation: “and so that the Son of Man will declare you innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 m488 figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” or “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 21 36 m489 figs-explicit τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 tfe8 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in [20:1–21:36](../20/01.md) ends. Your language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 tfe8 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in [20:1–21:36](../20/01.md) ends. Your language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 zh1m figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 m490 figs-activepassive τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 37 m491 translate-names τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3791,12 +3791,12 @@ LUK 21 38 bky8 figs-ellipsis ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 were get
|
|||
LUK 21 38 cbx2 figs-explicit ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ 1 to hear him The implication is that the people wanted to **hear** Jesus teach. Alternate translation: “to listen to him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 38 m493 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 22 intro y8nr 0 # Luke 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1–6)<br>2. Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7–38)<br>3. Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39–53)<br>4. Peter denies Jesus (22:54–62)<br>5. Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63–71)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus<br><br>[22:14–20](../22/14.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground”<br><br>Verses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 q8fa grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 q8fa grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 jjy9 figs-explicit ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Festival of Unleavened Bread During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 m494 figs-activepassive ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα 1 which is called the Passover If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 m495 translate-names Πάσχα 1 Passover **Passover** is the name of a festival. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 u5jm ἤγγιζεν 1 was coming near Here Luke uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. Alternate translation: “was about to begin”
|
||||
LUK 22 2 m496 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 2 m496 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 2 n9v6 figs-explicit τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 how they might kill him These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 2 aij5 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν 1 for they were fearing the people These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of **the people**. Rather, they were **seeking how** to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 2 m497 figs-explicit τὸν λαόν 1 the people This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in [21:38](../21/38.md). Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3832,7 +3832,7 @@ LUK 22 11 pq8q figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is telling Pe
|
|||
LUK 22 12 lpw6 κἀκεῖνος 1 and that one Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lg2z translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον 1 upper room In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 12 m506 figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον 1 furnished This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 m507 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 m507 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 g9ty figs-explicit ἀπελθόντες 1 they went The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 m508 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 14 j1dn figs-idiom ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα 1 when the hour came Luke is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4009,7 +4009,7 @@ LUK 22 56 fxz3 figs-explicit καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν
|
|||
LUK 22 56 zu63 figs-explicit καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν 1 This one also was with him This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 57 dzq9 ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο 1 But he denied it Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
|
||||
LUK 22 57 vdm1 γύναι 1 Woman Peter addresses the female servant as **Woman** because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
|
||||
LUK 22 58 m583 writing-participants ἕτερος 1 another Luke uses this word to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 58 m583 writing-participants ἕτερος 1 another Luke uses the word **another** to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 58 i65s καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ 1 You are also of them Alternate translation: “You are also one of the people who were with Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 58 cyv7 ἄνθρωπε 1 Man Peter addresses this person as **Man** because he does not know his name. He is not insulting him by calling him that. If your readers might think he was insulting him, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address another man he does not know. Alternate translation: “Sir”
|
||||
LUK 22 59 m584 διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς 1 about one hour having passed You can express this in the way your language describes time. Alternate translation: “about an hour later”
|
||||
|
|
@ -4060,7 +4060,7 @@ LUK 22 71 m596 grammar-connect-logic-result αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμ
|
|||
LUK 22 71 lpm4 figs-metonymy ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we … have heard from his own mouth The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m597 figs-explicit ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we … have heard from his own mouth The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 intro p6wq 0 # Luke 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25)<br>2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49)<br>3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”<br><br>There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../23/42.md).<br><br>(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)<br><br>This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.<br><br>### “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” [23:34](../23/34.md)<br><br>This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.<br><br>If you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 pi3d grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 pi3d grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 sgf1 figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν 1 the whole multitude of them The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 mvn9 figs-metonymy ἀναστὰν 1 rose up This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 k4aa figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 to Pilate The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4133,7 +4133,7 @@ LUK 23 22 m616 figs-synecdoche παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσ
|
|||
LUK 23 23 sni4 figs-metonymy φωναῖς μεγάλαις 1 with loud voices Luke is describing the shouts of the crowd by reference to the **voices** that the people used to make them. Alternate translation: “with loud shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 23 pst8 figs-activepassive αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι 1 for him to be crucified If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 23 pgz9 figs-personification κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν 1 their voices prevailed Luke speaks of the **voices** as if they were a living thing that actively overcame Pilate’s reluctance. Alternate translation: “the crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 23 24 m617 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 24 m617 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 24 tfw2 γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν 1 for their demand to happen Alternate translation: “to do what the crowd was demanding”
|
||||
LUK 23 25 nwd3 figs-explicit τὸν…βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν 1 the one who had been put in prison If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 25 t66f figs-activepassive βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν 1 who had been put in prison If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4175,7 +4175,7 @@ LUK 23 31 m631 figs-metonymy ξύλῳ 1 tree Jesus is using the term **tree** t
|
|||
LUK 23 31 m632 translate-unknown ξύλῳ 1 tree A **tree** is a large plant with a hard exterior that people use for fuel and as building material. If your readers would not know what a **tree** is, or if people do not use wood from a **tree** as fuel in your area, you could use the name of something else that they use for fuel, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “burning material” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 zt5s figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ 1 in the dry This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m633 figs-nominaladj ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ 1 in the dry Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m634 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m634 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 w8yj figs-activepassive ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ 1 others, two criminals, were also being led away with him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m635 figs-verbs ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 others, two criminals, were also being led away If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m636 writing-participants ἤγοντο δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 And others, two criminals, were also being led away Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “And there were two other men, who were criminals, who were also being led away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4188,7 +4188,7 @@ LUK 23 33 i3vx writing-pronouns ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν 1 they crucif
|
|||
LUK 23 33 m640 translate-unknown ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν 1 they crucified him See how you translated the term “crucify” in [23:21](../23/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 bjr2 figs-nominaladj ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν 1 one at the right and one at the left Luke is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to indicate locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m641 translate-textvariants 0 But Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. The next four notes below discuss translation issues in the sentence, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m642 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m642 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Luke uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m643 grammar-connect-logic-result 0 Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m644 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m645 figs-imperative 0 forgive them This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4299,7 +4299,7 @@ LUK 24 2 t4mf figs-explicit τὸν λίθον 1 the stone Luke assumes that his
|
|||
LUK 24 3 m684 εἰσελθοῦσαι 1 having entered Alternate translation: “once they entered the tomb”
|
||||
LUK 24 3 elq2 figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they did not find the body of the Lord Jesus You can state explicitly that they did not find the body because it was not there. Alternate translation: “they discovered that the body of the Lord Jesus was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 bmt4 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 m685 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 2 and Luke uses this word to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 m685 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 2 and Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 m686 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 c11i writing-pronouns ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν…εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 as they became terrified … they said to them The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 n5xf translate-symaction κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 bowed their faces toward the ground Looking down at **the ground** was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4328,7 +4328,7 @@ LUK 24 10 h1ml writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this phrase to introduce
|
|||
LUK 24 10 m697 translate-names Μαγδαληνὴ Μαρία 1 Mary Magdalene **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. See how you translated her name in [8:2](../08/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 10 m698 translate-names Ἰωάννα 1 Joanna **Joanna** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 10 m699 translate-names Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 Mary the mother of James **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **James** is the name of her son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 11 m700 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 24 11 m700 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 24 11 apl7 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these words Luke is using the term **words** to describe the report that the women gave using words. Alternate translation: “what the women were saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 11 m701 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν 1 before them Luke uses this expression, which means “in front them,” to mean “where they could see.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in their opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 11 m702 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 and This phrase describes the result of the fact that the report seemed like nonsense to the apostles and other believers. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4397,14 +4397,14 @@ LUK 24 27 g4t7 figs-metonymy Μωϋσέως…τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses
|
|||
LUK 24 27 m737 καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 and from all the prophets The term **beginning** applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
|
||||
LUK 24 28 m738 figs-verbs ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο 1 they drew near to the village where they were going The first **they** refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second **they** refers only to the two disciples, so **they were going** would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 28 cdj2 figs-explicit αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι 1 he acted as if he would travel farther This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m739 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m739 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m740 figs-verbs παρεβιάσαντο…ἡμῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 they urged … us … them This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 pn4d figs-ellipsis παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν 1 they urged him Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m741 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 s6ps figs-parallelism πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day has already declined These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m742 figs-explicit πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day has already declined The implications are that the disciples are saying this out of concern for Jesus’ safety. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark, and soon it will not be safe to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m743 figs-metonymy κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 the day has already declined The disciples are referring to the sun as **the day**, since day is when the sun shines. Alternate translation: “the sun is going down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 tgi6 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 3 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the two disciples urged Jesus to stay with them, he agreed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 tgi6 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 3 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the two disciples urged Jesus to stay with them, he agreed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 30 k6ud writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 30 m744 translate-unknown ἐν τῷ κατακλιθῆναι αὐτὸν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 when he had reclined at the table with them See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “when they had all sat down together to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 24 30 ecm2 εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed it Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for it” or “he thanked God for it”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue